|
Monday June 15, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Mission Space Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 16, 2026
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 6:00am-7:00am - Morning Lap Swim 6:00am-7:00am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Mission Space Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 17, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Mission Space Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Performance Shell
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 18, 2026
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 6:00am-7:00am - Morning Lap Swim 6:00am-7:00am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - K/1st grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Soccer Camp - 2nd/3rd grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
luncheon
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Mission Space Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 10:30 PM
|
40th Anniversasry
|
St Johns Depot and Rotary Park - Depot Building
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Bat Intentions @ Jet's Pizza
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: JC Electric @ Jet's Pizza
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Taylor Repair @ One Bad Inning
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
9:15 PM - 10:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Taylor Repair @ MWC
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
Monday June 22, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Junior Detective Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 23, 2026
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 6:00am-7:00am - Morning Lap Swim 6:00am-7:00am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Junior Detective Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 24, 2026
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy- Monday, Wednesday, Friday 9:00-10:00 AM - Morning Lap Swim/Aqua Therapy June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits. You will be able to register 10 days in advance.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
If the school district cancels school due to weather or other reasons, then this program is also canceled.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Junior Detective Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Music in the Park
|
Main City Park - Performance Shell
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 25, 2026
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim - Tuesday, Thursday 6:00am-7:00am - Morning Lap Swim 6:00am-7:00am June Monthly Pass
All registrations and payments will be online. Instructions on creating an account can be found at the link below.
This is the link to create an account: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/household/add_step_01.aspx
This is the link to register for programs: https://stjohnsmi.myrec.com/info/activities/default.aspx
Registrations will be for single day visits.
It is recommended that you bring your own equipment, ie fins, kickboards.
All access to the pool for recreation programs will now happen through door #38. This door is located to the left of the main athletic entrance. We will have this open door propped open for 10-15 minutes after the program starts. This is based on a recommendation from Public Safety Officials to reduce the amount of access non-students have to the high school both before and during school hours.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler K/1st Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
Morning Summer Camps - Sports Sampler 2nd-4th Grades
The Recreation Department is offering a number of morning summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Friday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Soccer CampOur exciting four-day soccer camp is designed to build skills, confidence, and a love for the game in a fun and supportive environment! Players will dive into the fundamentals of soccer—dribbling, passing, shooting, and teamwork—through engaging drills and interactive coaching sessions that keep everyone moving and learning. Each day, participants will be grouped into teams where they’ll have the chance to apply what they’ve learned in friendly, non-competitive scrimmages that emphasize sportsmanship and teamwork over winning. It’s the perfect balance of skill-building and game play, ensuring every player stays motivated and involved. To ensure safety on the field, all players are required to wear shin guards. Get ready for four days full of energy, improvement, and plenty of soccer fun!Basketball CampTake your game to the next level this summer at our four-day basketball camp! Designed for players of all skill levels, this camp focuses on building strong fundamentals while keeping the experience fun, positive, and engaging. Throughout the week, athletes will sharpen essential skills like shooting with confidence, crisp passing, controlled dribbling, and solid defensive techniques. Each session is filled with dynamic drills, skill-building activities, and game-like scenarios that help players improve while staying active and motivated. Best of all, our camp creates a non-competitive, encouraging atmosphere where players can learn, grow, and enjoy the game without pressure which makes it the perfect place to boost confidence, make new friends, and develop a true love for basketball. Get ready for four days of energy, improvement, and non-stop hoops fun!Little Flaggers FootballGrab your friends and head to the park for an exciting and action-filled game of flag football! This fun, non-contact program is perfect for boys and girls of all skill levels, creating a welcoming space where everyone can jump in, get active, and enjoy the game. Players will build skills like passing, catching, and teamwork through engaging play, all while experiencing the thrill of the game in a safe and supportive environment. Whether your child is brand new to football or already loves the sport, they’ll have the chance to shine, stay active, and have a great time. While individual participation and fun are always encouraged, teamwork and sportsmanship are at the heart of every game. Teams will be formed each day based on the kids in attendance, keeping things flexible, fair, and full of variety.Morning Sports Sampler Camp Join us for our 2026 Sports Camp— an experience filled with fun, energy, and a variety of games kids already know and love! This camp is all about staying active, trying new things, and building confidence in a positive and encouraging environment. Throughout the camp, participants will get hands-on experience playing and learning the fundamentals of kickball, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Each day brings a mix of skill-building activities, group games, and exciting challenges that keep everyone engaged and moving. Whether your child is new to these sports or already enjoys playing them, this camp offers something for everyone. With a focus on teamwork, sportsmanship, and fun, it’s the perfect way to make friends, stay active, and create lasting summer memories! Afterwards they will participate in arts and crafts and games related to the sport of that day. Youth TennisServe up some fun with our youth tennis lessons, designed especially for students in grades K–5! This engaging program introduces young players to the exciting world of tennis in a way that’s active, supportive, and full of energy. Participants will learn the fundamentals of the game—including proper grip, basic strokes, footwork, and simple game play—through fun drills and interactive activities that keep everyone moving and smiling. Our focus goes beyond just skills, emphasizing sportsmanship, teamwork, and building confidence on and off the court. Whether your child is picking up a racket for the first time or looking to improve their game, these lessons provide a welcoming environment where every player can grow at their own pace while having a great time. To come prepared, children should bring their own tennis racket, a new can of tennis balls, and wear proper athletic shoes for safe movement on the court.Summer Activities CampGet ready to jump into a wide variety of high-energy games and challenges, from classic favorites like tug-of-war and relay races to crowd-pleasers like water balloon tosses, obstacle courses, and creative scavenger hunts. This camp is all about keeping kids active, engaged, and smiling while they explore new activities and enjoy the outdoors. Each day brings something different, giving campers the chance to try new games, build confidence, and discover their favorite ways to play. Along the way, participants will make new friends, practice teamwork, and create lasting memories in a fun, safe, and supportive environment. Whether they’re racing to the finish line, solving clues, or cooling off with water games, there’s never a dull moment at Summer Activities Camp—just pure summer fun from start to finish!Our cancellation policy is available under Department Info on the General Info tab.
|
Main City Park
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Afternoon Summer Camps - Junior Detective Camp
The Recreation Department is offering a number of afternoon summer camps for children in 2026. Each camp has participant minimums and maximums, so be sure to register early! Deadlines: Registration will close the Thursday prior to the first day of camp, or when full. Reminders: Wear sunscreen and camp-appropriate attire including tennis shoes, hats/sunglasses are recommended, apply insect repellent, consider bringing a jacket (check the weather), and bring a non-breakable water bottle. Please leave snacks in the car or at home to avoid messes and bugs. Please arrive 5 minutes early for check-in on the first day. Supervision: Children can be dropped off no earlier than 5 minutes prior to the camp and must be picked up no later than 5 minutes after the camp. A parent/guardian MUST sign each child in to camp daily and must sign each child out daily. Program cancellations, delays, relocation, updates and changes will be sent via email and text, so be sure to OPT IN to general emails and text messaging or you will not receive program notifications.Camp programming and information is subject to change. Camp themes change per year, so please read the following descriptions to match with this year's offerings. Wilderness Adventure Camp:Get ready for an unforgettable adventure in the great outdoors! This exciting, woodsy camp experience invites kids to explore nature like never before. From hiking trails to discovering and identifying local plants and animals, every day is packed with hands-on fun. Campers will embark on thrilling geo-caching quests, play high-energy outdoor games with new friends, and build a deeper connection with the natural world. It’s the perfect way to spark curiosity, adventure, and a lifelong love of the wilderness! Space is limited to the first 16 children. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time. Mission Space:Blast off into an out-of-this-world adventure with the City of St. Johns Recreation Department! Young explorers will journey beyond the stars as they dive into exciting, space-themed activities. From hands-on experiments to imaginative games and cosmic challenges, campers will discover the wonders of outer space while having a blast with new friends. Get ready for a stellar experience filled with discovery, creativity, and galactic fun. Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Junior Detective:Put your detective skills to the test in this exciting, mystery-filled camp experience! Have you ever wondered who really stole the cookie from the cookie jar? Now’s your chance to crack the case. Join the City of St. Johns Recreation Department and step into the world of sleuthing, where campers will learn how to think like a real detective. Each day brings a brand-new mystery to solve, along with creative arts and crafts that help bring each case to life. Keep an eye out—members of the St. Johns Police Department may even stop by for a special visit (pending availability)! Get ready for clues, creativity, and plenty of suspense as you uncover the truth! Must have a minimum of 8 and maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Hollywood:Step into the spotlight at Camp Hollywood, where creativity and self-expression take center stage! Campers will spend an exciting week dancing, singing, acting, creating art, and even trying their hand at writing their own performances. Whether they love to perform or are just discovering their talents, this camp is all about building confidence and having fun in a supportive, high-energy environment. The week wraps up with a dazzling talent show, where campers can shine bright and show off the amazing skills they’ve developed. Get ready for a star-studded experience full of creativity, friendship, and applause! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Time Travelers Club: Take an unforgettable journey through time in this engaging, imagination-filled camp! From the age of dinosaurs to the excitement of medieval times, and the colorful & exciting vibes of the 80's, each day brings a brand-new era to explore. Campers will dive into hands-on activities, creative projects, and fun games inspired by each time period. Then, get ready to fast-forward into the future and imagine what the world might look like in the years ahead! It’s a one-of-a-kind adventure full of discovery, creativity, and time-traveling fun!Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.Camp Curiosity - STEAM Week: Get ready to think, create, and explore in this action-packed STEAM adventure! Campers will dive into the exciting worlds of science, technology, engineering, art, and math through hands-on experiments, creative challenges, and interactive activities. From building and designing to testing wild ideas and making amazing discoveries, every day is filled with opportunities to stretch both body and brain. It’s the perfect mix of movement, imagination, and innovation—where curiosity leads the way and fun never stops! Must have a minimum of 8 and a maximum of 16 per class time.
|
Main City Park - Main Park Pavillion
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
SJYBA T Ball
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: One Bad Inning @ Taylor Repair
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 1
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Preschool Aquatics
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: One Bad Inning @ Bat Intentions
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons Session 1: Level 2
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 3
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Swimming Lessons - Summer Swimming Lessons: Session 1 Level 4-5
All lessons will be Monday-Thursday. We will offer three, two-week sessions of group lessons this summer. Morning and Evening Lessons will take place.Session 1 will take place from 6/15 - 6/25 Monday - ThursdaySession 2 will take place from 7/6 - 7/17 Monday - Friday * *No swim lessons on Wednesday, 7/15 - make-up class is Friday, 7/17*Session 3 will take place from 7/27 - 8/6 Monday - ThursdayAll pool activities will take place at the St. Johns High School pool. Enter using the Entrance 38, to the left of the activities entrance. Pool access is through the locker rooms.Registration and program payment is ONLINE ONLY, thank you.Preschool Aquatics - For those apprehensive or scared of waterThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Leveled LessonsInstruction and testing are conducted based on the guidelines of the American Red Cross Swim Program but is not a Red Cross Certified Swim Program. Children under the age of four are not suggested for these levels. Four-year-olds will only qualify if they have mastered the following required skills before beginning leveled classes: Children should be able to enter the water without their parents and be able to follow instructions. Additionally, children must be able listen to instructor and follow instruction, hang on to the rail of the platform, and control the urge to jump off. Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsThe goal is to orient preschoolers (4-5 years old) to the aquatic environment and help them gain basic aquatic skill. Participants learn how to be safe around water. They will begin to perform skills such as rudimentary propulsion on both the front and back independently. Topics include: water adjustment (entering & exiting), breath control and submerging, front and back buoyancy, positioning in the water and treading, front and back propulsion, and water safety.Level 2: Fundamental Aquatic SkillsLevel 2 builds on the basic skills learned in the previous level. Participants will begin to perform skills at a slightly more advanced level with increased propulsion forward and back becoming more independent. Water safety concepts continue to be incorporated.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentLevel 3 continues to build on the previous skills including headfirst entries. Swimmers will start to use strokes for propulsion using the front crawl and elementary backstroke. They will learn scissor and dolphin kicks. Incorporating water safety includes survival floating and increased time treading water.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementLevel 4 aims to improve swimmers proficiency in strokes. They will work to increase endurance and distance. Swimmers will learn how kicks work with arm strokes: scissor with sidestroke and kicks with breaststroke. Level 5: Stroke RefinementProvides further coordination and refinement of strokes.The registration deadline for each class is the Thursday prior to the start date or when it fills up. The classes will likely fill before the deadline. Classes are subject to change and collapse if minimum enrollment is not met. Members on the waiting list are given priority access to spots that become available. If you register for a class that the instructor determines is above your child's ability level, the child will be moved to that level (dependent on availability). Please refer to the skill expectation for the levels provided above. If you register for a level that your child is not ready we will attempt to move them to the appropriate level (dependant on availability). If we can not move them, we reserve the right to withhold your refund. Please read the cancellation policy fully.
|
St. Johns High School Pool
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: Bat Intentions @ JC Electric
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|
|
9:15 PM - 10:15 PM
|
Summer Co-ed Softball League - TEAM Summer Coed Softball: MWC @ JC Electric
The City of St. Johns summer softball leagues will tentatively begin the week of June 1, 2026. Co-ed on Thursday night. All games will be played at the City Park Main Softball Field. The first games will begin at 6:15pm and will be scheduled every 60 minutes with the last games beginning play at 9:15pm, depending on the number of teams. The league is an 8-game season ending with a tournament, if weather and time permits. If less than 8 teams register there will be some double headers scheduled for each team. Each team is responsible for paying the umpire $18 before each game. If a team has to forfeit, they are responsible for paying the entire $36 umpire fee. A team shall consist of at least twelve (12) players on the roster. You must have equal number of females and males in the playing field, so your roster should be similar. Additional players may be listed on the roster, but must register under "Additional Players" for $25 on the registration website.Team Registration opens, March 30, 2026 Deadline: by April 14, 2026 Team/Player Fee: $300.00The league will be cancelled if a minimum of 4 teams are not registered by April 15th. Fee covers team and player fees, up to 12 players. Teams are responsible for paying the umpire $18 at the field before each game they play. Depending on the number of teams that register, you might play double headers some nights.If there is room after the registration deadline, the registration fee will be $325.Player Registration opens April 15, 2026Deadline: By May 20, 2026 Fee: Included in Team FeeTeams must have a full roster of 12 players by the deadline. Managers: Be sure that your players have individually registered for your team by the deadline.You can have up to 12 players on your roster. Additional players over 12 will incur a $25 fee. Managers will have guidelines and league rules for your reference. Please contact your manager with questions.How to Register: (There is a tutorial available on the bottom of the registration homepage)Managers: create a household account if you don't have one, then register your team online. Be sure to register yourself individually as a player afterwards when player registration opens. Managers do NOT register their players any more--players must register individually.If you have a sponsorship check for your team, click Print a Registration Form at checkout and bring that with your check to the City Offices by the deadline. If you are paying online, select that option. (If your sponsor paid for the player fees as well, please contact Rachel Hoten at rhoten@stjohnsmi.gov for special instructions to give your players)Individual Players: create a household account if you don't have one, then register only yourself online. Only adults living in your home (family members) should be added as members of your household account.Check your spam/junk mail folder for our emails and add our email address to your contacts so you don't miss any important details!Additional Player over 12: Deadline May 20.Fee: $25.00 per player
|
Main City Park - Softball Field
|
|
|